1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
63 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 /* readline include files */
66 #include "readline/readline.h"
67 #include "readline/history.h"
69 /* readline defines this. */
72 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
74 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
75 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
76 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
78 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
84 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint
*));
94 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
96 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
98 static void clear_command (char *, int);
100 static void catch_command (char *, int);
102 static void watch_command (char *, int);
104 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
106 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
110 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
111 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
112 struct symtab_and_line
,
115 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
117 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
121 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
122 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
123 struct obj_section
*, int);
125 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
127 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
130 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
132 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
134 static bpstat
bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*, bpstat
);
136 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
138 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
140 static void commands_command (char *, int);
142 static void condition_command (char *, int);
144 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
146 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
155 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
156 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
158 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
160 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
162 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
164 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
166 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
170 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
172 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
174 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
176 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
178 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
180 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
182 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
184 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
186 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
188 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
190 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg
);
192 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
193 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
195 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
197 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
);
199 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
202 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
204 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
206 static void update_global_location_list (int);
208 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
210 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
212 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
214 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
216 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
218 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
220 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
222 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
224 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
226 static void skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
);
229 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
230 current breakpoint. */
232 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
235 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
237 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
238 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
239 static char *bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
240 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
243 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
244 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
245 if such is available. */
246 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
249 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
250 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
253 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
254 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
258 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
259 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
260 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
261 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
262 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
264 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
265 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
268 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
269 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
273 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
274 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
275 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
276 use hardware breakpoints. */
277 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
279 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
280 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
283 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
284 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
288 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
289 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
290 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
291 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
292 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
294 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
295 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
296 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
297 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
298 always_inserted_auto
,
303 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
305 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
306 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
308 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
309 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
310 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
312 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
314 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value
);
318 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
320 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
321 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
324 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
326 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
327 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
329 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
330 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
332 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
333 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
336 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
338 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
339 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
340 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
343 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is not
344 provided so update_global_location_list must not be called while executing
345 the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
347 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
348 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
349 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
352 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
354 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
355 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
356 if ((B)->type == bp_tracepoint)
358 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
360 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
362 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
364 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
366 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
368 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
370 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and ADDRESS
371 for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
372 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
373 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
375 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
377 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between
378 bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for
379 the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
380 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
381 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
383 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
385 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
386 unlinked from bp_location array, but for which a hit
387 may still be reported by a target. */
388 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
390 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
392 int breakpoint_count
;
394 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
396 int tracepoint_count
;
398 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
400 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
402 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
405 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
408 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
410 breakpoint_count
= num
;
411 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
414 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
417 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
419 struct breakpoint
*b
;
425 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
426 for "break" command with no arg.
427 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
428 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
430 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
432 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
433 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
434 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
435 int default_breakpoint_line
;
436 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
439 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
440 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
442 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
443 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
444 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
446 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
448 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
449 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
451 get_number_trailer (char **pp
, int trailer
)
453 int retval
= 0; /* default */
457 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
458 return breakpoint_count
;
461 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
462 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
467 while (isalnum (*p
) || *p
== '_')
469 varname
= (char *) alloca (p
- start
+ 1);
470 strncpy (varname
, start
, p
- start
);
471 varname
[p
- start
] = '\0';
472 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname
), &val
))
476 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
484 while (*p
>= '0' && *p
<= '9')
487 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
489 /* Skip non-numeric token */
490 while (*p
&& !isspace((int) *p
))
492 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
498 if (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
500 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
501 while (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
512 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
514 get_number (char **pp
)
516 return get_number_trailer (pp
, '\0');
519 /* Parse a number or a range.
520 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
521 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
522 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
525 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
526 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
528 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
529 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
530 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
531 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
532 * pointer PP past <number2>.
536 get_number_or_range (char **pp
)
538 static int last_retval
, end_value
;
539 static char *end_ptr
;
540 static int in_range
= 0;
544 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
545 or to the first number of a range. */
546 last_retval
= get_number_trailer (pp
, '-');
551 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
552 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
553 and also remember the end of the final token. */
557 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr
))
558 end_ptr
++; /* skip white space */
559 end_value
= get_number (temp
);
560 if (end_value
< last_retval
)
562 error (_("inverted range"));
564 else if (end_value
== last_retval
)
566 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
567 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
576 error (_("negative value"));
579 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
580 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
581 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
582 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
585 if (++last_retval
== end_value
)
587 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
595 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
596 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
599 get_breakpoint (int num
)
601 struct breakpoint
*b
;
604 if (b
->number
== num
)
611 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
614 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
616 struct breakpoint
*b
;
621 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
624 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
626 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
629 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
631 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
632 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
640 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
641 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
645 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
647 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum
);
652 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
653 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
654 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
655 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
656 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
660 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
662 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
665 breakpoints_changed ();
666 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
670 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
673 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. */
676 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct command_line
*commands
)
678 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
679 b
->commands
= commands
;
680 breakpoints_changed ();
681 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
685 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
687 struct breakpoint
*b
;
690 struct command_line
*l
;
692 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
693 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
696 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
697 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
700 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
703 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
706 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
708 char *tmpbuf
= xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
710 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, tmpbuf
);
711 l
= read_command_lines (tmpbuf
, from_tty
, 1);
712 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
713 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, l
);
716 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
719 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
720 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
722 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
723 that are part of if and while bodies. */
724 enum command_control_type
725 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
727 struct breakpoint
*b
;
731 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
732 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
735 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
736 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
738 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
739 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
744 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
747 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
750 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
752 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
753 if (cmd
->body_count
!= 1)
754 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
755 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
756 list after it finishes execution. */
757 b
->commands
= copy_command_lines (cmd
->body_list
[0]);
758 breakpoints_changed ();
759 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
760 return simple_control
;
762 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
765 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
768 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
770 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
774 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
775 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
780 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
781 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
783 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
784 b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
785 up to b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
786 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
787 memaddr ... memaddr + len
788 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
789 memaddr + len <= b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
791 b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
794 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
796 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary search. */
797 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
799 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF content. It is
800 safe to report lower value but a failure to report higher one. */
803 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
804 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
806 struct bp_location
*b
;
808 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
811 /* Check first B->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added constant.
812 Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure the BC element can
813 in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR to MEMADDR + LEN range).
815 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety offset so that
816 we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow range tail still reaching
819 if (b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
>= b
->address
820 && b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
<= memaddr
)
826 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
828 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
830 struct bp_location
*b
= bp_location
[bc
];
831 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
835 if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
836 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
839 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
842 if (b
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
843 && memaddr
+ len
<= b
->address
844 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
847 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (b
))
849 if (!breakpoint_address_match (b
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
850 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
853 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
855 bp_addr
= b
->target_info
.placed_address
;
856 bp_size
= b
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
858 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
859 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
863 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
864 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
868 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
869 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
871 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
872 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
873 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
877 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
879 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
880 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
883 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
884 b
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
889 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
891 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out
*uo
, void *args
)
893 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) args
;
896 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
897 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->insert
!= NULL
);
903 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
905 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
906 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
907 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
910 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
911 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
912 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
915 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
916 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
917 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
918 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
919 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
921 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
922 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
923 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
924 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
926 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
927 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
928 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
932 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression
*exp
, struct value
**valp
,
933 struct value
**resultp
, struct value
**val_chain
)
935 struct value
*mark
, *new_mark
, *result
;
936 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
944 /* Evaluate the expression. */
945 mark
= value_mark ();
948 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
950 result
= evaluate_expression (exp
);
954 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
955 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
956 error to some higher catcher. */
962 throw_exception (ex
);
967 new_mark
= value_mark ();
968 if (mark
== new_mark
)
973 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
974 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
976 && (!value_lazy (result
) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result
)))
981 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
982 decide which addresses to watch. */
983 *val_chain
= new_mark
;
984 value_release_to_mark (mark
);
988 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
989 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
990 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
991 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
993 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
995 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
996 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it.
998 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are removed
999 + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must never be removed
1000 because they might be missed by a running thread when debugging in non-stop
1001 mode. On the other hand, hardware watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint;
1002 processed here) are specific to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's
1003 hardware debug registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in
1004 order to be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1006 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being presented to the
1007 user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would reset the data used to
1008 present the watchpoint hit to the user. And it must not be done later
1009 because it could display the same single watchpoint hit during multiple GDB
1010 stops. Note that the latter is relevant only to the hardware watchpoint
1011 types bp_read_watchpoint and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by
1012 bp_hardware_watchpoint is not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the
1013 memory content has not changed.
1015 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset hardware
1018 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are called
1019 several times when GDB stops.
1022 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time, causing GDB to
1023 stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint hit at a time as the
1024 reason for stopping, and all the other hits are presented later, one after
1025 the other, each time the user requests the execution to be resumed.
1026 Execution is not resumed for the threads still having pending hit event
1027 stored in LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1028 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being reported
1029 from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address until the real
1030 thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets presented and thus its
1031 LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1033 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the watchpoint
1034 removal from inferior. */
1037 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1039 int within_current_scope
;
1040 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1041 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1044 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1046 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location array and
1047 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
1048 breakpoints if needed. */
1051 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1056 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1057 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1058 within_current_scope
= 1;
1061 struct frame_info
*fi
;
1063 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1064 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1065 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1066 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1069 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1071 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1072 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1073 if (within_current_scope
)
1077 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1079 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1088 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1089 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1090 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1091 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1092 be completely different objects. */
1093 value_free (b
->val
);
1098 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1099 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1100 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1101 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1102 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1103 if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1105 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1107 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1109 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1110 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1111 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1112 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
1119 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
1120 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
1121 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
1122 if ((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
1125 int i
, mem_cnt
, other_type_used
;
1127 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint
,
1129 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1132 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1135 int target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1136 (bp_hardware_watchpoint
, i
+ mem_cnt
, other_type_used
);
1137 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1138 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1140 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1144 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1145 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1147 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1148 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1149 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1150 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1151 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1152 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1153 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1155 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1157 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1158 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1159 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1161 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1162 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1166 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1168 addr
= value_address (v
);
1169 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1171 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1173 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1176 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1177 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1180 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1182 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1183 loc
->address
= addr
;
1185 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1189 next
= value_next (v
);
1194 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1195 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1196 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1197 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1198 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1200 char *s
= b
->cond_string
;
1201 b
->loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1204 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1206 printf_filtered (_("\
1207 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1208 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1210 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
1211 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1212 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1215 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1217 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1221 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1222 inserted in the inferior. */
1224 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bpt
)
1226 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
))
1229 if (bpt
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1232 if (!bpt
->enabled
|| bpt
->shlib_disabled
|| bpt
->duplicate
)
1235 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1236 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1237 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1238 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1239 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1240 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1241 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1242 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1243 if (bpt
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1246 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1248 if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
1254 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1255 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1256 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1258 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1259 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1261 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bpt
,
1262 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1263 int *disabled_breaks
,
1264 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1268 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt
) || bpt
->inserted
)
1271 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1272 memset (&bpt
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bpt
->target_info
));
1273 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
= bpt
->address
;
1274 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bpt
->pspace
->aspace
;
1276 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1277 || bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1279 if (bpt
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1281 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1282 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1283 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1284 Two important cases are:
1285 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1286 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1287 hardware breakpoint.
1288 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1289 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1290 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1292 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1293 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1294 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1295 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1296 struct mem_region
*mr
1297 = lookup_mem_region (bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1301 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1304 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1306 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1307 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1309 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1311 if (new_type
!= bpt
->loc_type
)
1313 static int said
= 0;
1314 bpt
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1317 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
, _("\
1318 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1323 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1324 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1325 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1326 paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
));
1330 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1331 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1332 || bpt
->section
== NULL
1333 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)))
1335 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1337 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1338 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1341 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1346 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1347 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1348 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1350 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1351 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1352 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1353 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1354 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1355 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1358 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bpt
->address
,
1360 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1361 bpt
->overlay_target_info
= bpt
->target_info
;
1362 bpt
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1363 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1364 &bpt
->overlay_target_info
);
1366 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1367 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1368 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1371 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1372 if (section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
1374 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1375 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1376 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1379 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1384 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1385 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1392 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1393 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt
->pspace
, bpt
->address
))
1395 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1397 bpt
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1398 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1400 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1401 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1402 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1403 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1404 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1406 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1407 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1408 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt
->owner
->number
);
1412 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1414 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1415 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1416 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1417 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1421 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1422 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1423 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1424 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1425 "Error accessing memory address ");
1426 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
),
1428 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1429 safe_strerror (val
));
1440 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1441 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1442 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1443 && bpt
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1445 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1447 bpt
->watchpoint_type
);
1448 bpt
->inserted
= (val
!= -1);
1451 else if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1453 struct gdb_exception e
= catch_exception (uiout
, insert_catchpoint
,
1454 bpt
->owner
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
);
1455 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1456 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1458 bpt
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1462 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1463 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1464 so just return success. */
1471 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1472 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1476 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1478 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1479 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1481 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1482 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1484 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1485 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1488 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1489 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1490 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1492 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1494 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1496 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1497 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1499 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1500 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1502 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1508 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1509 removed locations above. */
1510 update_global_location_list (0);
1513 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1514 Throws exception on any error.
1515 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1516 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1518 insert_breakpoints (void)
1520 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1522 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1523 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1524 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1526 update_global_location_list (1);
1528 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1529 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1531 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1532 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1535 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1536 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1537 Both return zero if successful,
1538 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1541 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1543 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1544 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1547 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1548 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1550 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1551 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1553 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1554 there was an error. */
1555 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1557 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1559 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1561 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1562 CORE_ADDR last_addr
;
1564 if (!should_be_inserted (b
) || b
->inserted
)
1567 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1568 thread no longer exists. */
1569 if (b
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1570 && !valid_thread_id (b
->owner
->thread
))
1573 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
1575 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1576 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1577 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1578 insert breakpoints. */
1579 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1580 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1583 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1585 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1590 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1591 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1592 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1594 int some_failed
= 0;
1595 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1597 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1600 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1603 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1606 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1607 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
1614 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1616 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1618 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1619 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1620 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1628 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1629 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1630 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1632 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1633 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1634 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1636 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1637 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
1640 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1644 remove_breakpoints (void)
1646 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1649 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1652 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1657 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1660 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
1662 struct bp_location
*b
, **b_tmp
;
1664 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1666 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, b_tmp
)
1668 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1673 val
= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1682 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1684 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1687 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1689 if (b
->inserted
&& b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
1690 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1696 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1698 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1699 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1701 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1702 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
1703 struct inferior
*inf
;
1704 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1706 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
1710 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1711 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1713 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
1715 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1717 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1719 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1725 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1729 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1734 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1738 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
1740 static struct breakpoint
*
1741 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
1742 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
1744 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
1745 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1747 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
1750 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
1751 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
1753 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
1754 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
1755 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
1761 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1763 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1765 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1767 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1768 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1770 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1774 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1775 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1777 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1779 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
1781 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
1782 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
1786 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1787 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
1790 update_global_location_list (1);
1794 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1796 struct program_space
*pspace
;
1797 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1798 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1800 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
1802 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
1803 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1805 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1806 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1808 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile
)))
1811 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
1813 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1817 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1818 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1820 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1821 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1823 update_global_location_list (1);
1825 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1829 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1831 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1832 struct breakpoint
*temp
;
1833 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
1835 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1836 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1837 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1838 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1839 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1840 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1841 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1842 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1843 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
1844 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
1845 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
1847 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
1849 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
1852 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1853 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
1855 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1859 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1860 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
1862 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1866 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1867 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
1868 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
1869 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
1871 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1875 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1876 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
1878 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1882 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1884 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
)
1886 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1890 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1892 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
1893 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
1894 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
1895 a new method, and call this method from here. */
1899 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1900 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1901 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1902 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1903 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1904 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1906 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1907 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1908 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1909 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1910 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1911 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1912 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1914 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1915 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1916 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1917 let finish_command delete it.
1919 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1920 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1921 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1922 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1923 solib breakpoints.) */
1925 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
1930 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1931 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1933 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
1935 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1939 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1940 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1941 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
1942 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
1943 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
1944 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
1948 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1950 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1952 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1953 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
1955 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
1956 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1958 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
1959 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
1960 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1962 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1966 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, mark_inserted
);
1968 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1972 /* Remove the breakpoint location B from the current address space.
1973 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
1974 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
1975 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
1976 *not* look at b->pspace->aspace here. */
1979 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
1982 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1984 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
1985 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
1988 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
1989 This should not ever happen. */
1990 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
1992 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1993 || b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1995 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
1996 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
1997 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
1999 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2000 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2001 || b
->section
== NULL
2002 || !(section_is_overlay (b
->section
)))
2004 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2006 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2007 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2009 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2013 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2014 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2015 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2017 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2018 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2020 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2021 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2022 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2023 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2024 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2026 target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2027 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2029 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2030 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2033 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2034 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2035 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2036 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2037 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2038 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2041 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2042 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2043 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2044 else if (section_is_mapped (b
->section
))
2045 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2052 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2057 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2058 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2059 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2060 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (b
->pspace
, b
->address
))
2065 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2067 else if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2072 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2073 val
= target_remove_watchpoint (b
->address
, b
->length
,
2074 b
->watchpoint_type
);
2076 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2077 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (b
->inserted
))
2078 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2081 else if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2082 && breakpoint_enabled (b
->owner
)
2085 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->owner
->ops
->remove
!= NULL
);
2087 val
= b
->owner
->ops
->remove (b
->owner
);
2090 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2097 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2100 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2102 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2103 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2106 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2107 This should not ever happen. */
2108 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2110 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2112 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
2114 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, is
);
2116 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2120 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2123 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2125 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2127 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2128 if (bpt
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2132 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2133 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2135 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2138 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2139 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2140 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2145 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2147 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
2148 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2150 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2152 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2154 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2157 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2159 if (bpt
->pspace
== pspace
2160 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2164 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
2166 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2172 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2174 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2175 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
2178 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2179 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2183 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2184 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2185 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2187 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2188 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2189 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2190 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2192 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
2193 in insert_breakpoints. */
2195 value_free (b
->val
);
2205 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2206 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bpt
); ++ix
)
2207 free_bp_location (bpt
);
2208 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2211 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2212 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2213 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2214 match, not program space. */
2216 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2217 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2218 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2219 permanent breakpoint.
2220 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2221 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2222 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2223 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2224 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2226 enum breakpoint_here
2227 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2229 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2230 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2232 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2234 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2235 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2238 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2239 || bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2240 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2243 if (overlay_debugging
2244 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2245 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2246 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2247 else if (bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2248 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2250 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2254 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2257 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2260 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2262 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2265 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2266 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
2273 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2274 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array mechanism.
2275 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
2276 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2279 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2281 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2283 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2285 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2286 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2290 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2293 if (overlay_debugging
2294 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2295 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2296 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2304 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2305 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2308 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2310 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2313 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2319 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2323 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2325 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2326 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2328 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2330 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2334 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2337 if (overlay_debugging
2338 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2339 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2340 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2346 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2347 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2353 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2354 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2357 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2360 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2361 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2365 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2367 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2368 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2371 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2372 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2375 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2379 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2381 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2382 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2383 it is now time to do so. */
2385 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2386 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2390 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2392 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2393 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2394 it is now time to do so. */
2396 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
2397 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= task
)
2401 if (overlay_debugging
2402 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2403 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2404 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2413 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2417 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
2419 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
2423 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
2425 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2426 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2427 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2431 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2432 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2435 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
2452 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2453 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2456 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
2460 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
2465 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2467 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
2468 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
2469 if (bs
->commands
!= NULL
)
2470 tmp
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
2471 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2473 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
2474 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
2478 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2488 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2491 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
2496 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2498 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
&& bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== breakpoint
)
2504 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2505 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2506 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2508 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2509 step_resume breakpoint.
2511 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2513 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
)
2517 gdb_assert (bsp
!= NULL
);
2519 current_thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
2521 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2523 if ((bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
2524 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
2525 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== current_thread
2526 || bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== -1))
2527 return bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
2530 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2534 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2535 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2536 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2537 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2538 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2539 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2541 Return 1 otherwise. */
2544 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
2546 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2549 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2551 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2552 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2553 this function might return the same number more
2554 than once and this will look ugly. */
2555 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
? (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
->owner
: NULL
;
2556 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
2558 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2560 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
2564 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2567 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
2569 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2571 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2572 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2574 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2580 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2583 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2585 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2587 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
2589 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2590 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2591 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2592 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2597 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
2600 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2602 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
2604 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
2607 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2608 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2609 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2610 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2612 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2613 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2614 bpstat of the current thread. */
2617 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
2620 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2623 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2625 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
2628 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
2629 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
2631 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2634 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
2635 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2637 struct command_line
*cmd
;
2638 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
2640 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2642 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2643 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2644 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2645 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2646 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2647 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2648 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2649 the tree when we're done. */
2652 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd
);
2656 execute_control_command (cmd
);
2658 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2664 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2665 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
2667 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2669 if (target_can_async_p ())
2670 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2671 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2672 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2675 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2676 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2677 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2678 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2679 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2680 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2681 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2682 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2683 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2684 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2685 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2686 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2687 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2692 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2697 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2699 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2700 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
2701 && target_has_execution
2702 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
2703 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
2704 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2705 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2706 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2707 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2708 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat
))
2712 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2715 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
2718 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
2721 struct value_print_options opts
;
2722 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
2723 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
2727 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2728 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2729 by having it set different print_it values.
2731 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2732 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2733 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2734 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2735 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2737 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2738 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2739 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2740 don't print anything else.
2741 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2742 that something to be followed by a location.
2743 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2744 that something to be followed by a location.
2745 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2748 static enum print_stop_action
2749 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
2751 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2752 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2753 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
2754 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
2756 enum print_stop_action result
;
2758 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2759 which has since been deleted. */
2760 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
2761 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2762 bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
2765 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
2766 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
2771 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
2772 bp_temp
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
;
2773 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
2774 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
2777 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
2779 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2781 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
2782 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2784 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
2785 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
2786 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
2788 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
2789 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
2790 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
2793 case bp_shlib_event
:
2794 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2795 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2796 to shlib event" message.) */
2797 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2798 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2801 case bp_thread_event
:
2802 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2803 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2804 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2805 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2808 case bp_overlay_event
:
2809 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2810 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2811 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2814 case bp_longjmp_master
:
2815 /* These should never be enabled. */
2816 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2817 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2821 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2822 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2823 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2826 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2828 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2829 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2830 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2831 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2832 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2833 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2834 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2835 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2836 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2837 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2840 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2841 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2844 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2846 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2847 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2848 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2849 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
2850 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2851 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2854 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2855 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2857 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2858 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2861 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2863 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2864 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2865 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2866 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2867 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2872 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2875 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2876 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2877 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2879 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2880 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2881 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2882 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2885 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2889 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2892 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
2893 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2897 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2900 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
2901 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2906 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
2907 case bp_step_resume
:
2908 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2913 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2917 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2921 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2922 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2923 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2924 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2927 static enum print_stop_action
2928 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
2930 switch (bs
->print_it
)
2933 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2934 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2938 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2939 relevant messages. */
2940 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
2943 case print_it_normal
:
2945 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
2946 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
? bl
->owner
: NULL
;
2948 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2949 print_it_typical. */
2950 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
2951 if (b
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
2952 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
2954 return print_it_typical (bs
);
2959 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
2960 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2965 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
2966 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2967 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
2968 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2969 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
2970 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
2973 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2974 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2975 code to print the location. An example is
2976 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
2978 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
2979 to also print the location part of the message.
2980 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
2981 don't require a location appended to the end.
2982 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
2983 further info to be printed.*/
2985 enum print_stop_action
2986 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
2990 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
2991 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
2992 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
2993 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
2994 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2996 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
2997 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
2998 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
2999 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3003 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3004 with and nothing was printed. */
3005 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3008 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
3009 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3010 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
3011 make it pass through catch_errors. */
3014 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3016 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3017 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3018 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3022 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
3025 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat cbs
/* Current "bs" value */ )
3029 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3031 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
;
3032 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3033 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3035 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3039 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3040 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3043 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3045 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3047 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3049 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3051 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3052 as not triggered. */
3054 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3055 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3056 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3057 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3062 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3064 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3065 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3067 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3068 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3069 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3070 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3072 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3075 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3076 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3080 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3081 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3082 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3084 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3087 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3088 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3089 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
3091 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3095 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3103 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3104 because of check_errors). */
3105 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3106 #define WP_DELETED 1
3107 /* The value has changed. */
3108 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3109 /* The value has not changed. */
3110 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3112 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3113 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3115 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
3118 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3120 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3121 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3122 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3123 int within_current_scope
;
3125 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
3127 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3128 within_current_scope
= 1;
3131 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3132 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3133 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3135 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3136 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3138 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3139 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3140 if (within_current_scope
)
3142 struct symbol
*function
;
3144 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3145 if (function
== NULL
3146 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3147 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3148 within_current_scope
= 0;
3151 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
3152 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
3153 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
3154 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
3155 state as `not changed' without further checking. Don't mark
3156 watchpoints as changed if the current frame is in an epilogue -
3157 even if they are in some other frame, our view of the stack
3158 is likely to be wrong. */
3159 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3160 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3162 if (within_current_scope
)
3163 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3164 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3169 if (within_current_scope
)
3171 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
3172 *long* time before we return to the command level and
3173 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
3174 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3176 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3177 struct value
*new_val
;
3179 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3180 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3181 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3183 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3185 release_value (new_val
);
3186 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3188 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3191 /* We will stop here */
3192 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3196 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
3197 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3198 /* We won't stop here */
3199 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3204 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3205 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3206 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3207 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3208 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3209 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3210 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3211 the first value assigned). */
3212 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3213 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3214 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3215 information here. */
3216 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3218 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3219 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3220 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3221 ui_out_text (uiout
, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3222 which its expression is valid.\n");
3224 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3225 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3226 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3232 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3233 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3234 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3236 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3237 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3239 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3241 if (b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
3242 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3243 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
3244 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
3245 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3246 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3248 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3251 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3252 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3253 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3257 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3258 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3259 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3260 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3261 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3262 (did not match the data address). */
3264 if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3265 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3266 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3267 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3270 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3272 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3274 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3275 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3276 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3280 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3282 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
!= NULL
);
3283 if (!b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (b
))
3290 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3291 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3294 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3296 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3297 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3299 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
3300 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3301 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
3302 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3306 int must_check_value
= 0;
3308 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3309 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3311 must_check_value
= 1;
3312 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3313 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3314 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3316 must_check_value
= 1;
3317 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3318 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3319 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3320 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3321 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3322 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3323 must_check_value
= 1;
3325 if (must_check_value
)
3327 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3329 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3330 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3332 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3336 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3337 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3340 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3341 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3343 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3344 the value has changed. This is for targets
3345 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
3346 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3350 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
3351 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3352 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3354 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3355 the value hasn't changed. */
3356 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3364 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3365 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
3366 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3367 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3368 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3369 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3370 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3374 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3376 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3377 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3378 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3379 anything for this watchpoint. */
3380 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3387 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3388 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3389 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3391 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
3393 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3394 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3395 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3397 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
3398 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3402 int value_is_zero
= 0;
3404 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3405 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3406 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3408 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
3409 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3411 if (bl
->cond
&& bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3413 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3414 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3415 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3416 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3418 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3420 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
3421 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
3422 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
3423 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
3424 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
3426 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3428 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, (bl
->cond
),
3429 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3431 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
3432 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3434 if (bl
->cond
&& value_is_zero
)
3438 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
3442 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
3445 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3447 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
3455 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
3456 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
3458 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
3459 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
3461 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3463 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3465 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3466 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3467 several reasons concurrently.)
3469 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3470 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3473 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3474 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
3476 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
3477 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3478 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3479 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3480 struct bpstats root_bs
[1];
3481 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3482 bpstat bs
= root_bs
;
3484 int need_remove_insert
, update_locations
= 0;
3486 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3490 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3493 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3494 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3495 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3496 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3498 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
3501 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
3504 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3506 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, bs
); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3508 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3509 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3514 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
3518 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3519 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
3520 /* We do not stop for these. */
3523 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
3527 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
)
3530 /* We will stop here */
3531 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
3533 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3534 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3535 update_locations
= 1;
3539 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
3541 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0
3542 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0)))
3544 bs
->commands
= bs
->commands
->next
;
3547 bs
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
3550 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3551 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
3552 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3555 /* Delay this call which would break the ALL_BP_LOCATIONS iteration above. */
3556 if (update_locations
)
3557 update_global_location_list (0);
3559 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3561 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
3564 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, bs
);
3565 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3568 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3572 bs
->next
= NULL
; /* Terminate the chain */
3573 bs
= root_bs
->next
; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3575 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3576 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3577 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3579 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3583 need_remove_insert
= 0;
3585 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3587 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
3588 && (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3589 || bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3590 || bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
3592 /* remove/insert can invalidate bs->breakpoint_at, if this
3593 location is no longer used by the watchpoint. Prevent
3594 further code from trying to use it. */
3595 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
3596 need_remove_insert
= 1;
3599 if (need_remove_insert
)
3601 remove_breakpoints ();
3602 insert_breakpoints ();
3605 return root_bs
->next
;
3608 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3610 bpstat_what (bpstat bs
)
3612 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3615 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3618 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3621 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3624 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3627 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3630 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3633 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3636 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3639 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3642 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3645 /* We hit the jit event breakpoint. */
3648 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3652 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3653 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3654 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3655 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3656 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3657 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3658 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3659 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3660 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3661 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3662 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3663 #define jit BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_JIT
3665 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3666 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3667 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3668 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3670 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3671 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3672 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3673 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3674 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3675 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3676 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3678 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3679 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3680 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3681 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3684 kc < jit clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
3685 sgl < jit shl slr sn sr ss
3686 slr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3687 clr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3694 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3695 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3696 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3697 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3698 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3700 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3701 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3702 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3704 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3705 table
[(int) class_last
][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST
] =
3708 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl jit */
3709 /* no_effect */ {kc
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, clr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3710 /* wp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3711 /* wp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3712 /* bp_nostop */ {sgl
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, slr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3713 /* bp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3714 /* bp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3715 /* long_jump */ {slr
, ss
, sn
, slr
, slr
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3716 /* long_resume */ {clr
, ss
, sn
, err
, err
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3717 /* step_resume */ {sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
},
3718 /* shlib */ {shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, sr
, shl
, shl
},
3719 /* jit_event */ {jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, sr
, jit
, jit
}
3733 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
3734 struct bpstat_what retval
;
3736 retval
.call_dummy
= 0;
3737 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3739 enum class bs_class
= no_effect
;
3740 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
3741 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3742 which has since been deleted. */
3744 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== NULL
)
3745 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3747 switch (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
)
3753 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3759 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3761 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3764 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3767 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3768 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3769 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3773 bs_class
= wp_noisy
;
3775 bs_class
= wp_silent
;
3778 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3779 This requires no further action. */
3780 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3783 bs_class
= long_jump
;
3785 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3786 bs_class
= long_resume
;
3788 case bp_step_resume
:
3791 bs_class
= step_resume
;
3794 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3795 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3797 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3798 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3800 case bp_shlib_event
:
3801 bs_class
= shlib_event
;
3804 bs_class
= jit_event
;
3806 case bp_thread_event
:
3807 case bp_overlay_event
:
3808 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3809 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3815 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3817 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3820 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3821 This requires no further action. */
3822 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3825 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3826 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3827 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3828 retval
.call_dummy
= 1;
3831 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
3832 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
3834 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3835 _("bpstat_what: bp_tracepoint encountered"));
3838 current_action
= table
[(int) bs_class
][(int) current_action
];
3840 retval
.main_action
= current_action
;
3844 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3845 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3846 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3849 bpstat_should_step (void)
3851 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3853 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
3859 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
3861 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3870 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
3871 struct bp_location
*loc
,
3873 struct ui_stream
*stb
)
3875 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3878 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
3883 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
3886 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
3887 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
3888 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
3889 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent
);
3890 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
3892 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
3893 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
3895 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3897 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
3898 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
3901 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
3904 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
3908 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
3912 print_address_symbolic (loc
->address
, stb
->stream
, demangle
, "");
3913 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
3916 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3919 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3921 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
3922 struct bp_location
*loc
,
3924 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
3925 int print_address_bits
,
3928 struct command_line
*l
;
3930 struct ep_type_description
3935 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
3937 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
3938 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
3939 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
3940 {bp_until
, "until"},
3941 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
3942 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
3943 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
3944 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
3945 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
3946 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
3947 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
3948 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
3949 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
3950 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
3951 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
3952 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
3953 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
3954 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
3955 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
3956 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
3957 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
3960 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
3961 char wrap_indent
[80];
3962 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
3963 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
3964 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
3966 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
3967 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
3968 struct value_print_options opts
;
3970 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
3972 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
3973 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
3974 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
3978 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
3979 header_of_multiple
= 1;
3984 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
3988 if (part_of_multiple
)
3991 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
3992 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
3997 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4002 if (part_of_multiple
)
4003 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4006 if (((int) b
->type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4007 || ((int) b
->type
!= bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].type
))
4008 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4009 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4011 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].description
);
4016 if (part_of_multiple
)
4017 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4019 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4024 if (part_of_multiple
)
4025 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4027 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4028 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4029 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4033 strcpy (wrap_indent
, " ");
4034 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4036 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4037 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4039 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4042 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4044 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
4045 all locations, calling it here is not likely
4046 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
4047 just one location. */
4048 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4049 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4055 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4056 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4060 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4061 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4062 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4063 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4064 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4065 is relatively readable). */
4066 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4067 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4069 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4073 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4077 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4078 case bp_step_resume
:
4079 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4081 case bp_shlib_event
:
4082 case bp_thread_event
:
4083 case bp_overlay_event
:
4084 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4087 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4090 if (header_of_multiple
)
4091 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4092 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4093 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4095 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4096 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4099 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4100 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, wrap_indent
, stb
);
4107 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4110 && !header_of_multiple
4112 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4113 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4114 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4115 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4117 struct inferior
*inf
;
4120 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4122 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4127 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4130 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4131 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4136 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4138 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4140 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4141 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4142 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4143 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4145 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4147 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4148 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4152 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4154 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4157 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4158 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4160 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4161 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
4162 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4165 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
4167 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
4168 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
4169 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
4171 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
4172 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
4174 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
4175 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
4176 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4179 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
4181 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4182 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
4183 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4184 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4187 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
4189 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4190 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
4191 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
4193 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
4194 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
4195 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4196 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
4197 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
4199 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
4202 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
4203 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4204 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4205 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
4206 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4208 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
4211 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
4212 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
4213 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
4217 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
4219 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
4222 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
4223 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
4224 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
4227 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
4229 annotate_field (10);
4230 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
4231 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
4232 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4235 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->step_count
)
4237 annotate_field (11);
4238 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstep count ");
4239 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "step", b
->step_count
);
4240 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4243 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->actions
)
4245 struct action_line
*action
;
4246 annotate_field (12);
4247 for (action
= b
->actions
; action
; action
= action
->next
)
4249 ui_out_text (uiout
, " A\t");
4250 ui_out_text (uiout
, action
->action
);
4251 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4255 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
4258 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
4259 else if (b
->exp_string
)
4260 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
4263 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
4264 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4268 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4269 struct bp_location
**last_loc
, int print_address_bits
,
4272 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
,
4273 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4275 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4276 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4277 locations, if any. */
4278 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
4280 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
4281 disabled, we print it as if it had
4282 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
4283 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4285 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
4286 several locations internally, that's no a property
4289 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
4290 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)
4291 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4293 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4295 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
4296 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
4297 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4303 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4305 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4306 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4308 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4310 int addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
4311 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4312 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4315 return print_address_bits
;
4318 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
4324 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
4326 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
4327 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4328 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
4331 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
4333 int print_address_bits
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4334 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, print_address_bits
, 0);
4342 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
, char **error_message
)
4344 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
4346 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
4348 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
4349 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
4355 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
4356 catchpoints, et.al.). */
4359 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
4361 return (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4362 || b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4363 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4364 || b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
4365 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
4366 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
4367 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
4368 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
);
4371 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
4372 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
4373 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
4376 breakpoint_1 (int bnum
, int allflag
)
4378 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4379 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
4380 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
4381 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
4382 struct value_print_options opts
;
4383 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4385 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4387 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the
4388 size required for address fields. */
4389 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
4392 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4394 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4396 int addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4397 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4398 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4400 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
4404 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4406 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4410 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4413 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4414 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
4415 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4417 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
4418 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4420 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 14, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
4421 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4423 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
4424 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4426 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
4427 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4429 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4431 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4432 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4434 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4436 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4438 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
4439 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
4440 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4441 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
4445 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4447 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
4449 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4450 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4453 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
4455 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
4458 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
4460 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
4465 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
4466 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
4469 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
4470 there have been breakpoints? */
4471 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
4475 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4480 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4482 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 0);
4486 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4491 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4493 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 1);
4497 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4498 struct program_space
*pspace
,
4499 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
4501 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
4502 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4504 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
4505 && bl
->address
== pc
4506 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
4512 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
4513 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
4517 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4518 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4519 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
4522 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4525 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
4529 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4530 else /* if (others == ???) */
4531 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4533 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
4536 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
4537 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
4538 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4539 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4540 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
4541 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4542 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
4543 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
4544 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
4546 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
4550 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
4552 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4553 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
4554 printf_filtered (".\n");
4558 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4559 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4562 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
4563 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
4566 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
4567 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
4568 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
4569 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
4570 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
4573 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4574 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4575 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4576 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4578 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4579 have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of
4580 these types to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint at address zero:
4583 bp_hardware_watchpoint
4585 bp_access_watchpoint
4589 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4591 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
4593 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
4594 && type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4595 && type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
4596 && type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
4597 && type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
4600 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
4601 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
4602 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
4603 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
4606 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
4607 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
4609 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4610 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
4615 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
4616 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
4621 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
4622 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
4624 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4625 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
4627 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
4630 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4631 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4632 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4633 this function is simply the identity function. */
4636 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4637 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
4639 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
4641 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4644 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
4645 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4646 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
4647 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
4648 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
4650 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4651 have their addresses modified. */
4656 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
4658 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4659 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4660 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
4662 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4663 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4665 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
4666 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
4668 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
4672 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4674 static struct bp_location
*
4675 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4677 struct bp_location
*loc
, *loc_p
;
4679 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
4680 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
4684 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
4694 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4695 case bp_step_resume
:
4696 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4698 case bp_shlib_event
:
4699 case bp_thread_event
:
4700 case bp_overlay_event
:
4702 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4703 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
4705 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4706 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
4708 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4709 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4710 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4711 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
4715 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
4718 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4724 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4729 if (loc
->function_name
)
4730 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
4735 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4736 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4737 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
4739 static struct breakpoint
*
4740 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4743 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b1
;
4745 b
= (struct breakpoint
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint
));
4746 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
4749 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
4750 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
4751 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
4753 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4756 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
4758 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
4759 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
4760 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
4761 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
4763 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
4765 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4766 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4767 of increasing numbers. */
4769 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
4771 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
4781 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4783 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4785 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4786 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4787 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
4789 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &(loc
->function_name
),
4791 if (loc
->function_name
)
4792 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
4796 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
4797 static struct gdbarch
*
4798 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
4801 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
4803 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
4808 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4809 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4810 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4811 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4812 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4813 is also returned as the value of this function.
4815 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4816 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4817 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4818 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4819 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4820 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4821 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4824 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4825 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
4827 struct breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, bptype
);
4828 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
4829 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
4831 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
4833 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
4835 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
4836 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
4838 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4839 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4840 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4841 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4842 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4843 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4844 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
, sal
.pc
, b
->type
);
4846 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
4847 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
4848 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
4849 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
4850 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4852 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
4853 breakpoint resetting. */
4854 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4856 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
4857 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
4859 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
4860 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
4861 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
4863 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
);
4865 breakpoints_changed ();
4871 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4872 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4874 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4876 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4877 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
4879 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4880 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4881 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4882 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4883 but it's easy to implmement. */
4884 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4888 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4889 if we do a longjmp() in THREAD. When we hit that breakpoint, call
4890 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4893 set_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
4895 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
4897 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
4898 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
4899 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
4900 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
4901 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
4902 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
4903 && b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
4905 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
4906 clone
->type
= bp_longjmp
;
4907 clone
->thread
= thread
;
4911 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
4913 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
4915 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
4917 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
4918 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
)
4920 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
4921 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4926 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4928 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4931 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
4933 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4934 update_global_location_list (1);
4935 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
4940 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4942 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4945 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
4947 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
4948 update_global_location_list (0);
4949 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
4954 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
4956 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4958 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
4960 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4961 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
4963 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
4965 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4971 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
4973 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
4975 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
4976 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
4977 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4978 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4981 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
4984 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals_p
;
4985 char ***addr_string_p
;
4989 struct lang_and_radix
4995 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
4998 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5000 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5002 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
5003 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5008 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
5010 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5012 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5013 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
5014 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5015 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5019 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5021 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5023 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
5024 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5028 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
5029 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5032 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
5034 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5036 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5038 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5039 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
5040 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
5041 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
5042 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
5043 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
5044 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
5045 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5046 || (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
))
5047 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
5048 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5050 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
5052 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
5056 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5061 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
5062 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5065 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
5067 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5068 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
5070 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
5071 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
5072 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
5073 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
5074 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
5075 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
5078 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5080 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5081 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5082 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
5083 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
5084 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5085 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5086 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
5088 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5089 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
5090 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
5091 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
5093 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
5095 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5096 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
5099 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
5104 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
5106 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5109 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5111 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5114 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5117 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5119 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5122 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5126 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5128 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5131 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5133 static enum print_stop_action
5134 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5136 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5137 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
5138 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5139 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5142 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5145 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5147 struct value_print_options opts
;
5149 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5151 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5152 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5153 is relatively readable). */
5154 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5155 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5157 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
5158 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5160 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5161 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5162 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5163 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5167 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5171 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5173 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
5176 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
5178 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
5182 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
5183 print_it_catch_fork
,
5184 print_one_catch_fork
,
5185 print_mention_catch_fork
5188 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5191 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5193 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5196 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5199 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5201 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5204 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5208 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5210 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5213 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5215 static enum print_stop_action
5216 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5218 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5219 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
5220 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5221 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5224 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5227 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5229 struct value_print_options opts
;
5231 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5232 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5233 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5234 is relatively readable). */
5235 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5236 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5238 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
5239 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5241 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5242 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5243 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5244 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5248 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5252 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5254 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
5257 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
5259 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
5263 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
5264 print_it_catch_vfork
,
5265 print_one_catch_vfork
,
5266 print_mention_catch_vfork
5269 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5273 insert_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5275 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5277 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5278 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5279 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5284 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5288 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5290 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
5291 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
= old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
5293 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
5294 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
5296 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
5297 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
5299 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5300 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
5304 target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5305 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5306 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5307 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5308 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5311 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5315 remove_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5317 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5319 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5320 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5321 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5326 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5330 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5331 /* Shouldn't happen. */
5333 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5334 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
5338 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5339 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5340 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5341 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5342 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5345 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5349 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5351 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this breakpoint.
5352 If we are, then we must guarantee that the called syscall is the same
5353 syscall we are catching. */
5354 int syscall_number
= 0;
5356 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
5359 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
5360 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5364 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5366 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
5376 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5379 static enum print_stop_action
5380 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5382 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
5383 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
5384 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
5385 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
5387 struct target_waitstatus last
;
5389 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
5392 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
5394 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
5396 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5399 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
5401 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
5403 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
5405 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
5406 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
5407 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5408 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
5409 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
5410 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5412 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5414 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5417 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5421 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5422 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5424 struct value_print_options opts
;
5426 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5427 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5428 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5429 is relatively readable). */
5430 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5431 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5434 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
5435 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5436 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
5438 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
5440 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5443 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
5445 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5450 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5453 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
5455 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
5457 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
5458 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
5462 /* Remove the last comma. */
5463 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
5464 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
5467 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
5468 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5471 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5475 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5477 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5481 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5482 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
5484 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
5487 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5491 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5494 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
5496 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
5498 printf_filtered (")");
5501 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
5505 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
5507 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
5509 insert_catch_syscall
,
5510 remove_catch_syscall
,
5511 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
5512 print_it_catch_syscall
,
5513 print_one_catch_syscall
,
5514 print_mention_catch_syscall
5517 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
5520 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5522 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
5525 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
5526 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
5527 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
5528 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
5530 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5531 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5532 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5533 to the catchpoint. */
5535 static struct breakpoint
*
5536 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5538 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5540 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5541 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5544 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
5546 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
5547 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
5548 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
5550 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
5552 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
5553 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5554 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
5560 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
5562 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5563 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5564 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5565 to the catchpoint. */
5567 static struct breakpoint
*
5568 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5569 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5571 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5572 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5575 update_global_location_list (1);
5581 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5582 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
5583 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5585 struct breakpoint
*b
5586 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5588 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
5590 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5593 /* Exec catchpoints. */
5596 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5598 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5602 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5604 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5608 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5610 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &b
->exec_pathname
);
5613 static enum print_stop_action
5614 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5616 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5617 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
5619 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5623 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5625 struct value_print_options opts
;
5627 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5629 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5630 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5631 is relatively readable). */
5632 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5633 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5635 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
5636 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
5638 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
5639 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
5640 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5645 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5647 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
5650 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
5654 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
5655 print_it_catch_exec
,
5656 print_one_catch_exec
,
5657 print_mention_catch_exec
5661 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
5662 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5664 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
5665 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5666 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
5668 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
5670 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
5673 update_global_location_list (1);
5677 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
5679 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5684 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5692 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
5694 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5697 *other_type_used
= 0;
5700 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5702 if (b
->type
== type
)
5704 else if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5705 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
5706 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5707 *other_type_used
= 1;
5714 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
5716 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5720 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5721 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5722 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5723 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5724 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5726 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
5727 update_global_location_list (0);
5733 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
5735 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5739 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5740 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5741 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5742 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5743 && (b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
))
5745 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5746 update_global_location_list (1);
5752 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
5754 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5759 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5762 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5763 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5764 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5766 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
5772 update_global_location_list (0);
5774 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
5778 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
5780 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5783 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
5787 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5790 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5791 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5792 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
5794 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5800 breakpoint_re_set ();
5804 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
5805 at address specified by SAL.
5806 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
5809 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
5810 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
5812 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5814 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
5816 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
5818 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
5819 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5820 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5821 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
5823 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
5824 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
5825 single thread of control. */
5826 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
5827 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
5829 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5834 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
5838 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
5840 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
5842 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
5846 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
5847 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
5848 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
5850 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
5851 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
5852 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
5853 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
5854 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
5856 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
5857 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
5859 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
5861 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
5862 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
5863 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
5864 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
5866 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5867 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5868 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
5870 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
5875 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5878 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5880 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
5882 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
5883 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
5885 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
5889 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
5892 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5895 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
5896 struct value_print_options opts
;
5898 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5900 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
5901 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
5902 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
5903 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
5904 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
->number
);
5906 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
5907 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
5912 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b
->number
);
5915 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
5916 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
5917 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5918 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
5919 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
5920 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
5922 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5923 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
5924 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
5925 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5926 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
5927 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
5928 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
5930 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5931 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
5932 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
5933 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5934 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
5935 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
5936 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
5938 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5939 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
5940 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
5941 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5942 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
5943 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
5944 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
5947 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5952 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
5953 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
5955 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
5956 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
5959 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5960 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5965 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
5969 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5974 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
5975 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
5982 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5983 case bp_step_resume
:
5985 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5986 case bp_shlib_event
:
5987 case bp_thread_event
:
5988 case bp_overlay_event
:
5990 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5996 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
6000 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
6004 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
6006 printf_filtered (" at ");
6007 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
6011 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
6012 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
6016 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
6018 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6020 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
6025 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6027 printf_filtered ("\n");
6031 static struct bp_location
*
6032 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6033 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6035 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
6037 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
6038 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
6041 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
6043 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
6044 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
6045 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6046 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
6047 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
6048 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
6049 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
6051 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
6056 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
6057 return 0 otherwise. */
6060 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6064 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
6065 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
6066 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
6069 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
6071 addr
= loc
->address
;
6072 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
6074 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
6078 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
6080 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
6081 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
6082 breakpoints they are permanent. */
6083 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6085 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
6086 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
6088 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
6089 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
6092 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
6099 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
6100 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
6101 as condition expression. */
6104 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6105 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
6107 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6108 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6109 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
, int enabled
)
6111 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
6114 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6116 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
6117 int target_resources_ok
=
6118 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
6120 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
6121 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
6122 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
6123 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
6126 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
6128 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6130 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
6131 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6135 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
6137 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6139 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
6140 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
6145 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6146 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6147 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6151 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
6152 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6153 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6154 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
6156 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
6158 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6159 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6160 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6161 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6167 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6170 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
6171 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
6175 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
6176 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
6178 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
6183 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
6185 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
6188 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6194 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
6195 elements to fill the void space. */
6197 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
6199 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
6200 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
6202 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
6203 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
6208 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
6209 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
6210 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
6211 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
6212 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
6213 single expanded sal, return the original.
6215 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
6216 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
6217 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
6218 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
6219 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
6221 static struct symtabs_and_lines
6222 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6224 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
6225 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
6226 char *original_function
= NULL
;
6229 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6231 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
6232 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
6233 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
6236 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6237 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6243 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6245 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
6247 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
6249 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
6250 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
6252 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
6254 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Without futher
6255 processing, just return the original sal. */
6256 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6258 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6259 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6260 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6261 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6265 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
6267 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
6268 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6270 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
6271 char *this_function
;
6273 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
6275 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
6277 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
6278 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
6281 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
6283 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
6286 else if (func_addr
== pc
)
6288 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
6290 struct symbol
*sym
= find_pc_function (pc
);
6292 expanded
.sals
[i
] = find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6295 /* Since find_pc_partial_function returned true,
6296 we should really always find the section here. */
6297 struct obj_section
*section
= find_pc_section (pc
);
6300 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
6301 = get_objfile_arch (section
->objfile
);
6303 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (gdbarch
, pc
);
6312 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6314 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a
6315 line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6316 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
6320 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6322 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
6324 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
6325 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
6326 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
6327 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6329 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6330 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6331 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6338 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6339 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
6350 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
6351 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
6352 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
6353 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
6354 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
6355 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
6356 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
6357 we take just a single condition string.
6359 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
6360 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
6361 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
6362 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
6363 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
6366 create_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6367 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char **addr_string
,
6369 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6370 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6371 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
6375 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6377 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
6378 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
6380 create_breakpoint (gdbarch
, expanded
, addr_string
[i
],
6381 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
6382 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6386 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
6387 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
6388 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
6389 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
6392 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
6393 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6394 char ***addr_string
,
6397 char *addr_start
= *address
;
6398 *addr_string
= NULL
;
6399 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
6401 if ((*address
) == NULL
6402 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
6404 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
6406 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6407 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
6408 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
6409 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6410 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
6411 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
6412 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
6413 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
6414 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
6416 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
6417 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
6418 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
6419 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
6421 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6423 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
6427 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
6431 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
6432 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
6433 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
6434 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
6435 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
6436 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
6438 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
6440 if (default_breakpoint_valid
6442 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
6443 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
6444 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
6445 default_breakpoint_line
, addr_string
,
6448 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
6449 addr_string
, not_found_ptr
);
6451 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
6452 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && *addr_string
== NULL
)
6453 *addr_string
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char **));
6454 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
6457 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6459 /* Add the string if not present. */
6460 if ((*addr_string
)[i
] == NULL
)
6461 (*addr_string
)[i
] = savestring (addr_start
, (*address
) - addr_start
);
6467 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
6468 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
6471 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6475 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6476 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
6480 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*ui
, void *data
)
6482 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
*args
= data
;
6484 parse_breakpoint_sals (args
->arg_p
, args
->sals_p
, args
->addr_string_p
,
6485 args
->not_found_ptr
);
6488 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
6489 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
6490 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
6491 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
6492 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
6493 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
6495 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6496 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
6498 *cond_string
= NULL
;
6504 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
6505 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
6506 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
6511 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
6514 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
6516 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
6518 struct expression
*expr
;
6520 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
6521 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
6524 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
6525 cond_end
- cond_start
);
6527 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
6533 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6535 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
6536 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
6537 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
6539 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
6545 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6547 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
6548 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
6549 error (_("Unknown task %d\n"), *task
);
6552 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6556 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
6557 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
6558 This function has two major modes of operations,
6559 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
6560 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
6561 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
6562 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
6563 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
6567 break_command_really (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6568 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
6569 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
6570 int tempflag
, int hardwareflag
, int traceflag
,
6572 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
6573 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
6577 struct gdb_exception e
;
6578 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
6579 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
6582 char *addr_start
= arg
;
6584 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6585 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
6586 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args
;
6590 enum bptype type_wanted
;
6597 parse_args
.arg_p
= &arg
;
6598 parse_args
.sals_p
= &sals
;
6599 parse_args
.addr_string_p
= &addr_string
;
6600 parse_args
.not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
6602 e
= catch_exception (uiout
, do_captured_parse_breakpoint
,
6603 &parse_args
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
6605 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
6609 throw_exception (e
);
6613 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
6615 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
6618 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
6619 throw_exception (e
);
6621 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
6623 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
6624 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
6625 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
6626 && !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
6629 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
6630 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
6631 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
6632 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
6633 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
6634 addr_string
= ©_arg
;
6636 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
6641 throw_exception (e
);
6648 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
6649 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6653 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
6654 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
6656 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
6657 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
6660 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
6661 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
6662 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
6663 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
6664 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6666 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
6667 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
6668 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
6670 if (addr_string
[i
] != NULL
)
6671 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
[i
]);
6674 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
6675 are ok for the target. */
6677 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
, addr_start
);
6679 type_wanted
= (traceflag
6681 : (hardwareflag
? bp_hardware_breakpoint
: bp_breakpoint
));
6683 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
6684 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
6688 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
6690 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
6691 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
6692 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
6693 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
6696 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
6699 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6703 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
6706 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
6707 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6710 create_breakpoints (gdbarch
, sals
, addr_string
, cond_string
, type_wanted
,
6711 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
6712 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6716 struct symtab_and_line sal
= {0};
6717 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6719 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
6721 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
6722 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6723 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6725 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
[0];
6726 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
6727 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6728 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6729 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
6731 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6732 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
6734 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6735 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6736 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6737 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6743 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
6744 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
6745 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
6747 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6748 /* But cleanup everything else. */
6749 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6751 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
6752 update_global_location_list (1);
6755 /* Set a breakpoint.
6756 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
6757 condition, and thread.
6758 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
6759 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
6763 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
6765 int hardwareflag
= flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
;
6766 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
6768 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
6770 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
6771 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6772 0 /* Ignore count */,
6773 pending_break_support
,
6774 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
6781 set_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6782 char *address
, char *condition
,
6783 int hardwareflag
, int tempflag
,
6784 int thread
, int ignore_count
,
6785 int pending
, int enabled
)
6787 break_command_really (gdbarch
,
6788 address
, condition
, thread
,
6789 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6790 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6793 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
: AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
,
6797 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
6798 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
6799 the debugging information. explicit_pc and explicit_line are
6802 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
6805 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6808 struct symtab_and_line start_sal
;
6809 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6811 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6813 sym
= find_pc_function (sal
->pc
);
6816 start_sal
= find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6817 if (sal
->pc
< start_sal
.pc
)
6819 start_sal
.explicit_line
= sal
->explicit_line
;
6820 start_sal
.explicit_pc
= sal
->explicit_pc
;
6825 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6828 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
6831 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6835 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
6837 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
6838 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
6839 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
6842 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
6843 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6844 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
6846 /* Preserve the original line number. */
6847 int saved_line
= sal
->line
;
6848 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
6849 sal
->line
= saved_line
;
6853 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
6855 struct blockvector
*bv
;
6859 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
6862 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
6865 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
6866 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
6870 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
6871 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
6872 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
6875 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
6876 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6878 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
6880 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
6882 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
6884 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6891 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6893 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
6897 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6899 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
6903 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6905 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
6909 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6911 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
6915 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6917 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
6918 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
6919 stop at <line>\n"));
6923 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6927 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
6929 else if (*arg
!= '*')
6934 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
6935 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
6936 function/method name */
6937 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
6939 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
6944 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
6946 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
6950 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
6952 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
6956 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6960 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
6967 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
6968 it is probably a line number. */
6969 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
6971 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
6976 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
6978 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
6982 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
6984 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
6987 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
6988 hw_read: watch read,
6989 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
6991 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
6993 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
6994 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
6995 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6996 struct expression
*exp
;
6997 struct block
*exp_valid_block
;
6998 struct value
*val
, *mark
;
6999 struct frame_info
*frame
;
7000 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
7001 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
7002 char *tok
, *id_tok_start
, *end_tok
;
7004 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7005 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7006 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
7007 int i
, other_type_used
, target_resources_ok
= 0;
7008 enum bptype bp_type
;
7012 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
7014 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
7015 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
7017 toklen
= strlen (arg
); /* Size of argument list. */
7019 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
7020 tok
= arg
+ toklen
- 1;
7022 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
7023 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
7024 be the thread identifier. */
7025 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7027 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7030 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
7031 id_tok_start
= tok
+ 1;
7033 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
7034 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
7035 reach a "thread" token. */
7036 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7041 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7044 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
7045 calculate the length of the token. */
7047 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7049 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7051 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
7052 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
7053 only in a specific thread. */
7056 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
7057 thread
= strtol (id_tok_start
, &endp
, 0);
7059 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
7061 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
7062 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start
);
7064 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
7065 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
7066 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
7068 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
7069 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
7070 evaluate_expression() function. */
7075 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
7077 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
7078 innermost_block
= NULL
;
7080 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
7082 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
7083 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
7085 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
7088 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
7089 mark
= value_mark ();
7090 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp
, &val
, NULL
, NULL
);
7092 release_value (val
);
7095 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
7099 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
7102 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7103 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7105 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7106 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
7110 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
7112 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
7113 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
7114 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
7115 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
7117 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
7119 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val
);
7120 if (mem_cnt
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7121 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
7124 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type
, &other_type_used
);
7125 target_resources_ok
=
7126 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type
, i
+ mem_cnt
,
7128 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7129 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
7131 if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7132 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
7135 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
7136 watchpoint could not be set. */
7137 if (!mem_cnt
|| target_resources_ok
<= 0)
7138 bp_type
= bp_watchpoint
;
7140 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
7142 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
7143 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
7144 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
7145 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
7146 if (innermost_block
&& frame
)
7148 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7151 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7152 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
7153 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
7155 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7157 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
7158 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
7160 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
7161 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
7163 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
7164 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
7165 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
7166 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
7167 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7168 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
7169 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
7170 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
7171 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
7175 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
7176 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_type
);
7177 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7178 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7180 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7182 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
7183 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
7186 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
7188 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
7193 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
7195 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
7197 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
7199 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
7200 need to act on them together. */
7201 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
7202 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7205 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
7207 update_global_location_list (1);
7210 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
7211 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
7212 in hardware return zero. */
7215 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
7217 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
7218 struct value
*head
= v
;
7220 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
7221 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
7224 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
7225 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
7226 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
7227 hardware watchpoint.
7229 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
7230 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
7231 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
7232 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
7233 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
7234 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
7235 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
7236 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
7237 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
7239 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
7240 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
7241 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
7242 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
7243 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
7245 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
7248 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
7249 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
7250 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
7254 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
7255 it with hardware watchpoints. */
7256 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
7258 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
7259 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
7260 middle of some value chain. */
7262 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7263 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
7265 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
7266 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
7268 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
))
7275 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
7276 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
7277 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
7278 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
7279 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
7282 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
7283 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
7284 return found_memory_cnt
;
7288 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7290 watch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7294 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7296 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
7300 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7302 rwatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7306 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7308 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
7312 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7314 awatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7318 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7320 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
7324 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
7325 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
7327 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
7329 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7330 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
7333 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
7334 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
7335 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
7338 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
)
7340 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
7342 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
7344 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
7348 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
7350 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7351 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7352 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
7353 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7354 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
7355 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7357 clear_proceed_status ();
7359 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
7362 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7363 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7364 default_breakpoint_line
, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7366 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
,
7367 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7369 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
7370 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
7373 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed */
7376 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7378 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
7381 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
7382 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
7383 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7384 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
7386 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only
7387 at the very same frame. */
7388 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7389 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
7392 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
7394 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
7397 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7399 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
7400 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7401 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7403 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
7405 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
7408 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
7410 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
7411 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
7412 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
7413 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
7415 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
7417 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
7418 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
7420 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
7421 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
7423 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
7424 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
7425 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
7429 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7433 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
)
7435 if ((s
== NULL
) || (*s
== NULL
))
7437 while (isspace (**s
))
7441 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
7442 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7444 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
7445 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
7446 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
7447 if clause in the arg string. */
7450 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
7454 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
7457 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
7460 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
7461 condition string. */
7462 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg
);
7465 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
7466 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
7471 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
7472 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7474 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
7475 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
7476 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
7477 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
7479 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
7480 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
7482 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg
)
7484 static char filename
[1024];
7489 if ((*arg_p
== '\0') || isspace (*arg_p
))
7507 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
7508 process start/exit, etc. */
7512 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
7513 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
7518 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7520 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7521 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7522 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
7525 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
7526 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
7527 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
7531 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7533 /* The allowed syntax is:
7535 catch [v]fork if <cond>
7537 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7538 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7540 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7541 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7543 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
7544 and enable reporting of such events. */
7547 case catch_fork_temporary
:
7548 case catch_fork_permanent
:
7549 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7550 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
7552 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
7553 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
7554 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7555 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
7558 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
7564 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7566 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7568 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7570 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7574 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7576 /* The allowed syntax is:
7578 catch exec if <cond>
7580 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7581 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7583 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7584 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7586 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
7587 and enable reporting of such events. */
7588 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7589 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
7592 static enum print_stop_action
7593 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7595 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
7597 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7599 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7600 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
7601 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
7604 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7606 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
7608 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7609 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7611 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
7612 : " (exception caught), ");
7613 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7615 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7616 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
7617 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7618 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7620 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7624 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7626 struct value_print_options opts
;
7627 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7628 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7631 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
7632 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
7634 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
7635 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
7640 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
7641 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
7643 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
7647 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7652 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7653 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7654 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
7655 : _("Catchpoint "));
7656 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7657 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
7661 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
7664 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
7665 print_exception_catchpoint
,
7666 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
7667 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
7671 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
7672 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
7674 char *trigger_func_name
;
7676 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7677 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
7679 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
7681 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
7682 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
7683 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
7686 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
7687 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
7693 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
7696 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
7697 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
7699 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7700 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
= NULL
;
7704 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7706 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7708 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7709 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7711 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
7712 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7713 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
7715 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
7718 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
7721 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
7724 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7726 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7727 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7730 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
7733 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7735 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7736 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7739 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
7742 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7743 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7747 struct expression
*cond
,
7748 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7752 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7756 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7758 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7760 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7761 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
7762 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
7763 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
7764 used for different exception names will use the same address.
7765 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
7766 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
7767 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
7768 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
7769 enough for now, though. */
7772 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
7773 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7775 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7776 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7777 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7778 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7779 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
7780 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7781 b
->language
= language_ada
;
7782 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7783 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
7788 update_global_location_list (1);
7791 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
7794 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7795 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7797 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7799 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7801 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
7802 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
7803 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7804 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
7805 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
7807 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7811 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
7812 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
7813 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
7814 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
7818 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
7820 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
7822 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
7823 VEC_free (int, iter
);
7826 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
7827 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
7829 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
7831 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
7832 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
7834 while (*arg
!= '\0')
7836 int i
, syscall_number
;
7841 /* Skip whitespace. */
7842 while (isspace (*arg
))
7845 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
7846 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
7850 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
7851 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
7852 if (*endptr
== '\0')
7853 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
7856 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
7858 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
7860 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
7861 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, because
7862 GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no syscall number to
7864 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
7867 /* Ok, it's valid. */
7868 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
7871 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7875 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
7878 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7883 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7885 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
7886 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
7887 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
7888 this architeture yet."));
7890 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7892 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7894 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
7895 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
7896 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
7897 for his/her architecture. */
7898 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
7900 /* The allowed syntax is:
7902 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
7904 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
7907 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
7911 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
7912 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
7915 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
7918 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7920 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7922 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7923 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
7924 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
7926 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7930 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
7931 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
7932 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7936 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7938 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
7943 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7945 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
7948 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
7951 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7953 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7954 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
7957 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7958 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7963 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
7968 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
7969 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7970 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
7971 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
7972 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
7973 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
7974 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
7975 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
7976 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
7977 error (_("No source file specified."));
7985 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
7986 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
7987 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
7988 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
7989 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
7991 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
7992 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
7993 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
7994 due to optimization, all in one block.
7995 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
7996 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
7997 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
7998 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
7999 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
8002 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
8003 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
8004 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
8008 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8010 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
8011 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
8012 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
8015 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
8020 1 0 <can't happen> */
8024 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
8029 /* Are we going to delete b? */
8030 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
8031 && b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
8032 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
8033 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
8034 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
8036 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
8037 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8039 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
8040 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
8041 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
8042 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
8043 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
8044 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
8045 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
8046 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
8047 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
8048 && strcmp (b
->source_file
, sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
8049 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
8050 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
8059 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
8062 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
8063 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
8066 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
8068 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
8071 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
8072 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
8075 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
8076 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
8078 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
8080 breakpoints_changed ();
8082 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
8085 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
8086 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8089 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
8092 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
8093 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
8094 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
8097 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
8099 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8101 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8102 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
8103 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
8104 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
8106 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
);
8108 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8110 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
8111 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8115 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to qsort.
8116 Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what does
8117 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), secondarily by ordering
8118 first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and terciarily just ensuring the array
8119 is sorted stable way despite qsort being an instable algorithm. */
8122 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
8124 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
8125 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
8126 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8127 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8129 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
8130 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
8132 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
8133 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
8134 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
8136 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of the same
8137 breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
8139 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
8140 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
8141 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
8143 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
8146 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
8147 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current content of
8148 the bp_location array. */
8151 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
8153 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
8155 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
8156 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
8158 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
8160 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
8162 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
8165 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
8166 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
8168 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
8169 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
8170 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
8171 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
8173 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
8175 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
8176 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
8177 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
8178 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
8182 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
8183 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
8184 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
8185 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
8186 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
8187 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
8188 returns true on them.
8190 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
8191 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
8192 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
8193 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
8194 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
8195 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
8198 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
8200 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8201 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
8202 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
8204 /* The first bp_location being the only one non-DUPLICATE for the current run
8205 of the same ADDRESS. */
8206 struct bp_location
*loc_first
;
8208 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly built
8209 bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
8210 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
8211 unsigned old_location_count
;
8213 old_location
= bp_location
;
8214 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
8216 bp_location_count
= 0;
8217 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
8220 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8221 bp_location_count
++;
8223 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
8226 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8228 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
8229 bp_location_compare
);
8231 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
8233 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
8234 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
8235 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
8236 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
8237 we don't need to remove/insert the location.
8239 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current and
8240 former bp_location array state respectively. */
8243 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
8246 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
8247 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
8249 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
8251 int found_object
= 0;
8252 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
8253 int keep_in_target
= 0;
8256 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. Stop either
8257 at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
8258 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8259 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
8263 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8264 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8267 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
8274 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
8275 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
8276 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
8277 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
8280 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
8282 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
8284 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
8286 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
8287 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
8292 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
8293 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
8294 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
8296 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
8299 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8300 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8303 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
8305 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc2
->pspace
->aspace
,
8307 old_loc
->pspace
->aspace
,
8310 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
8311 Duplicates check below will fix up this later. */
8312 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
8313 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
8316 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
8325 if (!keep_in_target
)
8327 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
8329 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
8330 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
8331 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
8334 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still valid,
8335 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
8336 after calling us. */
8337 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
8338 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
8346 if (removed
&& non_stop
8347 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
8348 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
8350 /* This location was removed from the target. In
8351 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
8352 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
8353 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
8354 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
8355 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
8356 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
8357 after we see some number of events. The theory here
8358 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
8359 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
8360 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
8361 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
8362 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
8363 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
8366 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
8367 decr_pc_after_break targets.
8369 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
8370 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
8371 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
8372 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
8373 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
8374 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
8375 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SEGSEGV, or worse, get silently
8376 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
8377 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
8378 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
8379 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
8380 targets that do not support new thread events, like
8381 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
8384 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
8385 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
8386 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
8387 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
8389 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
8390 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
8391 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
8392 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
8393 traps we can no longer explain. */
8395 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
8396 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
8398 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
8401 free_bp_location (old_loc
);
8405 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section,
8406 marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
8407 This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
8408 If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
8409 that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent
8410 breakpoints are sorted first for the same address. */
8413 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
8415 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
8417 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
8418 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
8419 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
8421 || loc
->shlib_disabled
8422 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
))
8425 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
8426 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
8427 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8428 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
8429 "actually inserted"));
8431 if (loc_first
== NULL
8432 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= loc_first
->section
)
8433 || !breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
8434 loc_first
->pspace
->aspace
,
8435 loc_first
->address
))
8444 if (loc_first
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
8445 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
8446 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8447 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
8448 "a permanent breakpoint"));
8451 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
8452 && (have_live_inferiors ()
8453 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
8454 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
8456 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
8460 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
8462 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8465 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
8466 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
8468 free_bp_location (loc
);
8469 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
8475 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
8477 struct gdb_exception e
;
8478 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8479 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
8482 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
8484 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8487 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8488 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== bpt
)
8490 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
8492 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
8496 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
8498 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
8500 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
8501 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th
->stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
8505 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
8509 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8511 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8512 struct bp_location
*loc
, *next
;
8514 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
8516 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
8517 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
8519 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
8520 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
8521 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
8522 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
8523 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
8525 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
8526 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
8527 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
8528 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
8529 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
8532 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
->number
);
8534 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
8535 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
8540 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
8544 free_command_lines (&bpt
->commands
);
8545 if (bpt
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8546 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
8547 if (bpt
->addr_string
!= NULL
)
8548 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
8549 if (bpt
->exp
!= NULL
)
8551 if (bpt
->exp_string
!= NULL
)
8552 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
8553 if (bpt
->val
!= NULL
)
8554 value_free (bpt
->val
);
8555 if (bpt
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8556 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
8557 if (bpt
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8558 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
8559 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8561 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
8562 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
8563 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
8564 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
8565 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
8566 if we remove it here, then the later call to
8567 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
8568 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
8569 with commands won't work. */
8571 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
8573 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
8574 list, update the global location list. This
8575 will remove locations that used to belong to
8576 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
8577 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
8578 looks at location's owner. It might be better
8579 design to have location completely self-contained,
8580 but it's not the case now. */
8581 update_global_location_list (0);
8584 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
8585 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
8586 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
8592 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
8594 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8598 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8600 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
8604 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8606 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8612 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
8614 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
8615 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
8616 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
8619 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8620 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8621 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8622 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8623 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8624 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8627 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
8632 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
8634 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
8636 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8638 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8639 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8640 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8641 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8642 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8643 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8645 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8650 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
8654 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8656 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8657 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8662 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
8663 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
8664 Null names are ignored. */
8667 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8669 struct bp_location
*l
;
8670 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
8671 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq
,
8672 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
8674 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
8677 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
8679 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
8683 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
8685 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
8700 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8701 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
)
8705 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
8707 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
8708 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
8709 the common case where all locations are in the same
8710 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
8711 retain the location, so that when the library
8712 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
8713 status of the individual locations. */
8714 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
8719 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8721 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
8722 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
8724 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
8726 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8728 struct gdb_exception e
;
8731 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8733 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
8738 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
8739 b
->number
, e
.message
);
8740 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
8744 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8745 xfree (b
->source_file
);
8746 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
8747 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
8749 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
8751 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
8752 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
8755 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
8756 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
8757 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
8759 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
8761 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
8762 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
8763 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
8764 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
8765 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
8766 often enough until a better solution is found. */
8767 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
8769 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
8771 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
8773 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
8774 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
8776 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8777 if (breakpoint_address_match (e
->pspace
->aspace
, e
->address
,
8778 l
->pspace
->aspace
, l
->address
))
8786 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8787 if (l
->function_name
8788 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
8798 update_global_location_list (1);
8802 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
8803 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
8804 Unused in this case. */
8807 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
8809 /* get past catch_errs */
8810 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
8814 int *not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
8815 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
8816 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
8818 enum enable_state save_enable
;
8819 struct gdb_exception e
;
8820 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
8825 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8829 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
8831 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
8832 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
8835 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
8837 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
8838 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8842 set_language (b
->language
);
8843 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
8846 save_current_space_and_thread ();
8847 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
8849 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8851 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
,
8856 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
8857 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
8858 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
8859 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
8860 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
8861 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
8862 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
8864 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
8865 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8866 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
8867 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
8869 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
8871 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
8872 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
8873 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
8874 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
8875 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
8876 which approach is better. */
8877 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
8878 throw_exception (e
);
8884 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
8886 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
8887 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
8889 char *cond_string
= 0;
8893 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
8894 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
8896 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
8899 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
8902 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
8905 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8906 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
);
8910 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8911 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8912 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8913 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
8914 or it can be on local variables.
8916 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
8917 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
8918 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
8921 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8922 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
8923 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
8924 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
8925 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
8926 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8928 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8929 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
8930 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
8931 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8933 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8934 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8936 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
8937 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
8938 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
8940 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
8941 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
8947 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
8949 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
8950 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
8951 case bp_overlay_event
:
8952 case bp_longjmp_master
:
8953 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8956 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
8957 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
8958 case bp_shlib_event
:
8960 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
8961 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
8962 case bp_thread_event
:
8964 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
8965 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
8966 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
8967 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
8970 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
8972 case bp_step_resume
:
8974 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
8979 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
8983 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
8985 breakpoint_re_set (void)
8987 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8988 enum language save_language
;
8989 int save_input_radix
;
8990 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8992 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
8993 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
8994 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
8996 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8998 /* Format possible error msg */
8999 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
9001 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
9002 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
9003 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9005 set_language (save_language
);
9006 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
9008 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
9010 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9012 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
9013 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
9014 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
9015 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
9016 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
9019 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
9021 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
9022 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
9024 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9026 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
9028 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9029 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9031 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
9032 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
9033 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
9035 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9039 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9040 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9041 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9044 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
9046 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9052 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
9054 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
9058 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
9060 else if (count
== 1)
9061 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
9064 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
9067 breakpoints_changed ();
9068 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
9072 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
9076 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9078 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
9082 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
9085 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9091 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
9093 num
= get_number (&p
);
9095 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
9097 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
9099 set_ignore_count (num
,
9100 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
9103 printf_filtered ("\n");
9106 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
9107 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
9110 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*))
9115 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
9119 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
9126 num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9129 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
9133 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
9134 if (b
->number
== num
)
9136 struct breakpoint
*related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
9139 if (related_breakpoint
)
9140 function (related_breakpoint
);
9144 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
9150 static struct bp_location
*
9151 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
9153 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
9157 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9158 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9163 bp_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9165 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9168 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
9173 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
9174 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9177 loc_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9179 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
9183 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
9186 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
9192 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9193 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9194 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9197 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9199 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
9200 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
9201 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
9202 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
9205 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
9206 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9209 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9211 update_global_location_list (0);
9213 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9217 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9219 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9221 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9225 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9231 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9233 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9234 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9235 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9236 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9240 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9242 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9245 update_global_location_list (0);
9248 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, disable_breakpoint
);
9252 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
9254 int target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
9257 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9260 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9261 target_resources_ok
=
9262 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9264 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9265 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9266 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9267 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9270 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
9271 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9272 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
9273 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
9275 struct gdb_exception e
;
9277 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9279 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
9283 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
9289 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
9290 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9291 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
9292 update_global_location_list (1);
9293 breakpoints_changed ();
9295 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9300 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9302 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
9305 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
9306 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
9307 in stopping the inferior. */
9310 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9312 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9314 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9318 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9324 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9326 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9327 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9328 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9329 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9333 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9335 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9338 update_global_location_list (1);
9341 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_breakpoint
);
9345 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9347 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_disable
);
9351 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9353 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_once_breakpoint
);
9357 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9359 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_del
);
9363 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9365 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_delete_breakpoint
);
9369 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9374 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9378 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
9380 struct symtabs_and_lines
9381 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
9383 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9385 error (_("Empty line specification."));
9386 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
9387 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9388 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
9389 default_breakpoint_line
,
9390 (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9392 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9393 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9395 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
9399 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
9400 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
9401 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
9402 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
9406 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9407 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9409 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
9411 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
9413 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
9414 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
9416 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
9418 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
9426 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
9429 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
9431 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
9434 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
9440 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
9442 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
9443 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
9445 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
9448 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9449 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR next_pc
)
9453 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
9455 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
9456 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
9460 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
9461 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
9462 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
9465 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
9466 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
9467 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
9468 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
9469 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
9470 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
9472 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
9474 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
9475 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
9478 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
9481 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
9483 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
9485 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
9487 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
9488 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
9489 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
9490 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
9492 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
9494 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
9495 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
9496 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
9497 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
9501 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
9504 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9508 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
9510 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
9512 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
9513 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
9521 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
9522 non-zero otherwise. */
9524 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
9526 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
9527 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
9528 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
9535 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
9537 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
9539 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
9543 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
9545 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9547 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9548 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
9550 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
9554 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
9556 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
9566 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
9568 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
9569 char *text
, char *word
)
9571 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
9572 return (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
9575 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
9577 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
9579 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
9581 tracepoint_count
= num
;
9582 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
9586 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9588 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9590 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9591 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
9593 0 /* Ignore count */,
9594 pending_break_support
,
9598 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9601 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
9605 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
9607 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9608 int tps_to_list
= 0;
9610 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
9623 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
9628 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
9629 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp
, from_tty
);
9632 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
9633 Not supported by all targets. */
9635 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9637 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9640 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
9641 Not supported by all targets. */
9643 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9645 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9648 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
9650 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9652 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9658 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
9660 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
9661 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
9662 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
9667 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
9672 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
9674 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
9676 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9678 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
9680 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9685 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
9688 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
9690 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
9691 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
9692 Also accepts special argument "all". */
9695 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9697 struct breakpoint
*t1
= (struct breakpoint
*) -1, *t2
;
9701 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
9702 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
9704 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
9706 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
9709 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
9711 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
9714 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9717 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 1);
9723 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2
)
9724 if (t1
== (struct breakpoint
*) -1 || t1
== t2
)
9726 t2
->pass_count
= count
;
9727 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2
->number
);
9729 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
9733 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 0);
9740 get_tracepoint (int num
)
9742 struct breakpoint
*t
;
9745 if (t
->number
== num
)
9751 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
9752 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
9753 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
9754 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
9756 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
, int multi_p
, int optional_p
)
9758 extern int tracepoint_count
;
9759 struct breakpoint
*t
;
9761 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
9763 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
9766 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
9768 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
9771 tpnum
= multi_p
? get_number_or_range (arg
) : get_number (arg
);
9775 if (instring
&& *instring
)
9776 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
9779 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
9784 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
9789 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
9790 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
9791 allow us to discover this. */
9792 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
9796 /* save-tracepoints command */
9798 tracepoint_save_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9800 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
9802 struct action_line
*line
;
9804 char *i1
= " ", *i2
= " ";
9805 char *indent
, *actionline
, *pathname
;
9807 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9809 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
9810 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
9812 /* See if we have anything to save. */
9813 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9820 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
9824 pathname
= tilde_expand (args
);
9825 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
9826 fp
= fopen (pathname
, "w");
9828 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
9829 args
, safe_strerror (errno
));
9830 make_cleanup_fclose (fp
);
9832 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9834 if (tp
->addr_string
)
9835 fprintf (fp
, "trace %s\n", tp
->addr_string
);
9838 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
9839 fprintf (fp
, "trace *0x%s\n", tmp
);
9843 fprintf (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
9847 fprintf (fp
, " actions\n");
9849 for (line
= tp
->actions
; line
; line
= line
->next
)
9851 struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
;
9853 QUIT
; /* allow user to bail out with ^C */
9854 actionline
= line
->action
;
9855 while (isspace ((int) *actionline
))
9858 fprintf (fp
, "%s%s\n", indent
, actionline
);
9859 if (*actionline
!= '#') /* skip for comment lines */
9861 cmd
= lookup_cmd (&actionline
, cmdlist
, "", -1, 1);
9863 error (_("Bad action list item: %s"), actionline
);
9864 if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, while_stepping_pseudocommand
))
9866 else if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, end_actions_pseudocommand
))
9872 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9874 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args
);
9878 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
9883 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
9884 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
9886 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9888 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
9895 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
9896 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
9897 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
9898 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
9899 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
9900 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
9901 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
9902 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
9903 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
9904 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
9905 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
9907 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
9908 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
9910 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
9912 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
9914 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
9915 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
9917 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
9918 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
9920 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
9921 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
9923 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
9924 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9925 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
9926 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
9927 char *text
, char *word
),
9928 void *user_data_catch
,
9929 void *user_data_tcatch
)
9931 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
9933 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
9935 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
9936 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
9937 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
9939 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
9941 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
9942 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
9943 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
9947 clear_syscall_counts (int pid
)
9949 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
9951 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
9952 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
9953 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
9957 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
9959 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
9960 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
9961 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
9963 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
9964 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
9966 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
9967 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
9968 before a breakpoint is set. */
9969 breakpoint_count
= 0;
9971 tracepoint_count
= 0;
9973 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
9974 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
9975 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
9977 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
9979 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
9980 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
9981 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
9982 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
9983 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
9984 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
9985 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
9986 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
9988 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
9989 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
9990 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
9991 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
9993 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
9994 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
9995 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
9996 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
9997 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
9999 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
10000 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10002 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
10003 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10004 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
10005 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
10007 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
10008 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10010 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
10011 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10012 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10013 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
10015 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
10016 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10018 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10019 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10020 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10021 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10022 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10023 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
10024 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10026 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10027 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10028 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10029 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10030 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10031 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
10033 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10035 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10036 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10037 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10038 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10039 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
10040 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
10042 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10043 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10044 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10047 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10048 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10049 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10052 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10053 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10054 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10057 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10058 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10059 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10062 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10063 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10064 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10065 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10066 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
10067 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10068 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10069 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10071 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10072 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10073 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10074 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10075 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
10077 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
10078 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10079 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10080 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10081 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
10082 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
10085 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10086 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10087 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10088 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10090 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
10091 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
10092 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10093 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10094 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10096 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10097 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
10098 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10099 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
10101 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
10102 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10103 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10104 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10105 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
10108 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
10109 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
10110 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10111 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
10112 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
10113 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
10115 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
10116 is executing in.\n\
10118 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
10120 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
10121 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
10122 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
10123 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10125 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
10126 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
10127 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
10128 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
10131 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10135 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
10136 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
10137 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10138 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
10139 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
10140 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
10141 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
10142 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10143 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10144 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10145 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10146 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10147 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10148 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10149 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10150 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10152 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10153 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10154 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10155 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10156 breakpoint set."));
10159 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
10160 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10161 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10162 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10163 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10164 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10165 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10166 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10167 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10169 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10170 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10171 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10172 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10173 breakpoint set."));
10175 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
10178 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10179 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10180 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10181 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10182 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10183 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10184 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10185 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10186 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10188 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10189 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10190 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10191 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10192 breakpoint set."));
10194 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
10195 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10196 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10197 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10198 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10199 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
10200 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
10201 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
10202 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
10203 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10204 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10205 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10206 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10208 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10209 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10210 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10211 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10213 &maintenanceinfolist
);
10215 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
10216 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
10217 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
10218 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10220 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
10221 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
10222 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
10223 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10225 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
10226 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
10227 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
10228 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10229 catch_catch_command
,
10233 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
10234 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
10235 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10236 catch_throw_command
,
10240 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
10241 catch_fork_command_1
,
10243 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
10244 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
10245 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
10246 catch_fork_command_1
,
10248 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
10249 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
10250 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
10251 catch_exec_command_1
,
10255 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
10256 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
10257 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
10258 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
10259 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
10260 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
10261 catch_syscall_command_1
,
10262 catch_syscall_completer
,
10265 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
10266 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
10267 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10268 catch_ada_exception_command
,
10272 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
10273 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
10274 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10275 catch_assert_command
,
10280 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
10281 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10282 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10283 an expression changes."));
10284 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10286 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
10287 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10288 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10289 an expression is read."));
10290 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10292 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
10293 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10294 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10295 an expression is either read or written."));
10296 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10298 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info
,
10299 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
10302 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
10303 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
10304 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
10305 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
10306 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10307 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10308 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
10309 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
10310 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
10313 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
10314 &setlist
, &showlist
);
10316 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
10318 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
10320 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
10321 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
10323 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
10324 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
10325 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10327 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
10328 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10329 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10330 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10332 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
10333 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
10334 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
10335 last tracepoint set."));
10337 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
10339 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
10340 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
10341 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10342 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
10345 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
10346 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
10347 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10348 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
10350 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
10352 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
10353 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
10354 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10355 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
10357 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
10359 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
10360 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
10361 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
10362 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
10363 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
10365 c
= add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace
, tracepoint_save_command
, _("\
10366 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
10367 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
10368 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
10370 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10371 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10372 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10373 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10374 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
10375 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
10376 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10377 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10378 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10379 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10380 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
10381 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
10383 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
10384 &pending_break_support
, _("\
10385 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10386 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10387 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
10388 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
10389 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
10390 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
10392 show_pending_break_support
,
10393 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10394 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10396 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
10398 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
10399 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
10400 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10401 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10402 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
10403 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
10404 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
10406 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
10407 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10408 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10410 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
10411 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
10412 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10413 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10414 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
10415 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
10416 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
10417 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
10418 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
10419 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
10420 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
10421 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
10423 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
10424 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10425 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10427 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
10429 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);